B0102010203mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ（大般涅槃經）c3.5s

Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – 『『ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī』』ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – 『rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī』ti. Evañca vadehi – 『rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – 『『ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī』』』ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī』』ti.

Vassakārabrāhmaṇo

『『Evaṃ, bho』』ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – 『ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī』』』ti.

Rājaaparihāniyadhammā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 大般涅槃經我是這樣聽說的 - 有一次,世尊住在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)耆阇崛山。那時,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子想要征服跋耆國。他說:"我要消滅這些如此強大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受災難和不幸。" 於是,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子召喚摩揭陀國大臣雨行婆羅門說:"來吧,婆羅門,你去世尊那裡;到了之後,以我的名義向世尊頂禮,詢問他是否少病、少惱、輕安、有力、安樂 - '尊者,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子向世尊頂禮,詢問世尊是否少病、少惱、輕安、有力、安樂。'然後這樣說:'尊者,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子想要征服跋耆國。他說:"我要消滅這些如此強大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受災難和不幸。"'世尊如何回答,你要好好記住並告訴我。因為如來不說虛妄之言。" 雨行婆羅門 "遵命,陛下。"雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣回答摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子后,準備好最好的車輛,登上最好的車輛,乘著最好的車輛從王舍城出發,前往耆阇崛山。車輛所能到達的地方坐車前行,然後下車步行前往世尊所在之處;到達后與世尊互相問候。寒暄禮節完畢后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣對世尊說:"尊敬的喬達摩,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子向尊敬的喬達摩頂禮,詢問您是否少病、少惱、輕安、有力、安樂。尊敬的喬達摩,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子想要征服跋耆國。他說:'我要消滅這些如此強大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受災難和不幸。'" 國王不衰敗之法

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ , 『vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī』』』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī』』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, 『『vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī』』』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī』』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī』』』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī』』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjī yāni tāni

Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī』』』ti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – 『vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī』』』ti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, 『vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu』』』nti? 『『Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante 『vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu』』』nti. 『『Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那時,尊者阿難站在世尊身後為世尊扇涼。於是世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人經常集會,頻繁集會'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人經常集會,頻繁集會'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續經常集會,頻繁集會,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人和諧集會,和諧散會,和諧處理跋耆事務'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人和諧集會,和諧散會,和諧處理跋耆事務'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續和諧集會,和諧散會,和諧處理跋耆事務,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人不制定未經制定的法規,不廢除已經制定的法規,按照古老的跋耆法規生活'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人不制定未經制定的法規,不廢除已經制定的法規,按照古老的跋耆法規生活'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續不制定未經制定的法規,不廢除已經制定的法規,按照古老的跋耆法規生活,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的長老,並認為應該聽從他們的意見'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的長老,並認為應該聽從他們的意見'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的長老,並認為應該聽從他們的意見,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人不以武力擄掠良家婦女和少女'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人不以武力擄掠良家婦女和少女'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續不以武力擄掠良家婦女和少女,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆國內外的神廟,不減少以前給予這些神廟的合法供奉和祭品'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆國內外的神廟,不減少以前給予這些神廟的合法供奉和祭品'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆國內外的神廟,不減少以前給予這些神廟的合法供奉和祭品,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。阿難,你聽說過'跋耆人為阿羅漢安排了適當的保護、庇護和支援,使未來的阿羅漢能來到他們的國土,已來的阿羅漢能在他們的國土中安樂居住'嗎?" "世尊,我聽說過'跋耆人為阿羅漢安排了適當的保護、庇護和支援,使未來的阿羅漢能來到他們的國土,已來的阿羅漢能在他們的國土中安樂居住'。" "阿難,只要跋耆人繼續為阿羅漢安排適當的保護、庇護和支援,使未來的阿羅漢能來到他們的國土,已來的阿羅漢能在他們的國土中安樂居住,阿難,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。"

Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – 『『ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā』』ti. 『『Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī』』ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā

Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – 『kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu』nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後世尊對雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣說:"婆羅門,有一次我住在毗舍離(現在的瓦伊沙利)的沙蘭達神廟。在那裡,我為跋耆人講述了這七種不衰敗之法。婆羅門,只要這七種不衰敗之法在跋耆人中存在,只要跋耆人遵循這七種不衰敗之法,婆羅門,跋耆人就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。" 聽到這話,雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣對世尊說:"尊敬的喬達摩,即使只具備一種不衰敗之法,跋耆人也可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落,更不用說七種了。尊敬的喬達摩,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子不可能通過戰爭征服跋耆人,除非通過離間計或內部分裂。好了,尊敬的喬達摩,我們現在要走了,我們有許多事務和職責。" "婆羅門,你認為現在是時候就請便吧。"於是雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣歡喜贊同世尊的話,從座位起身離去。比丘不衰敗之法雨行婆羅門摩揭陀國大臣離去不久,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你去把所有住在王舍城附近的比丘都召集到集會堂來。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊,然後把所有住在王舍城附近的比丘都召集到集會堂,然後走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,比丘僧團已經集合,請世尊認為現在是時候了。" 於是世尊從座位起身,走向集會堂;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,我要為你們講述七種不衰敗之法,請仔細聽,好好思考,我要講了。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,只要比丘們繼續經常集會,頻繁集會,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續和諧集會,和諧散會,和諧處理僧團事務,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續不制定未經制定的規則,不廢除已經制定的規則,按照已制定的學處生活,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜那些長老比丘、久修行者、出家已久者、僧團之父、僧團之導,並認為應該聽從他們的意見,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續不受已生起的導致再生的渴愛所控制,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續珍視林間住處,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們繼續各自保持正念,想著'愿未來的善良同修能來,已來的善良同修能安樂居住',比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這七種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這七種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。

『『Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… 『『yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
『『Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.

『『Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "比丘們,我還要為你們講述另外七種不衰敗之法,請仔細聽,好好思考,我要講了。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,只要比丘們不喜愛俗務,不樂於俗務,不沉溺於喜愛俗務,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不喜愛閑談,不樂於閑談,不沉溺於喜愛閑談,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不喜愛睡眠,不樂於睡眠,不沉溺於喜愛睡眠,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不喜愛群聚,不樂於群聚,不沉溺於喜愛群聚,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不懷惡欲,不受惡欲所控制,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不結交惡友,不與惡人為伴,不與惡人親近,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們不因獲得微小的成就就中途停止,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這七種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這七種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。 "比丘們,我還要為你們講述另外七種不衰敗之法......比丘們,只要比丘們有信仰......有慚愧心......有畏懼心......多聞......精進......保持正念......有智慧,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這七種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這七種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。 "比丘們,我還要為你們講述另外七種不衰敗之法,請仔細聽,好好思考,我要講了。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,只要比丘們修習念覺支......擇法覺支......精進覺支......喜覺支......輕安覺支......定覺支......舍覺支,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這七種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這七種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。 "比丘們,我還要為你們講述另外七種不衰敗之法,請仔細聽,好好思考,我要講了。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,只要比丘們修習無常想......無我想......不凈想......過患想......斷想......離欲想......滅想,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這七種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這七種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。

『『Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

『『Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī』』ti.

Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.
Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane .

Sāriputtasīhanādo

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "比丘們,我要為你們講述六種不衰敗之法,請仔細聽,好好思考,我要講了。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,只要比丘們在公開和私下對同修表現慈愛的身業,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們在公開和私下對同修表現慈愛的語業......慈愛的意業,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們對於如法獲得的利養,哪怕只是缽中的食物,也與持戒的同修平等分享,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們在公開和私下與同修共同遵守那些不破、不穿、不雜、不污、自在、智者稱讚、不執著、導向定的戒律,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要比丘們在公開和私下與同修共同持有那種聖者的、出離的、能正確導向苦滅的見解,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。比丘們,只要這六種不衰敗之法在比丘們中存在,只要比丘們遵循這六種不衰敗之法,比丘們就可以期待繁榮,而不是衰落。" 那時,世尊住在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)耆阇崛山,經常為比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 然後,世尊在王舍城住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去芒果樹苗圃。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了芒果樹苗圃。在那裡,世尊住在王的休息處。在那裡,世尊住在芒果樹苗圃的王的休息處時,也經常為比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 然後,世尊在芒果樹苗圃住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去那爛陀。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了那爛陀,在那裡,世尊住在波婆利迦芒果園。舍利弗獅子吼

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya』』nti. 『『Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – 『evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya』nti.

『『Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – 『evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī』』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』.

『『Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – 『evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī』』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』.

『『Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – 『『evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī』』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』.

『『Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – 『evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya』』』nti?

『『Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – 『ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā』ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – 『ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho』』』ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

Dussīlaādīnavā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,尊者舍利弗走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗對世尊說:"世尊,我如此信仰世尊;過去沒有,將來不會有,現在也沒有其他沙門或婆羅門在正等覺方面比世尊更殊勝。" "舍利弗,你說了這樣高尚的話,作出了這樣明確的斷言,發出了這樣的獅子吼:'世尊,我如此信仰世尊;過去沒有,將來不會有,現在也沒有其他沙門或婆羅門在正等覺方面比世尊更殊勝。' 舍利弗,你是否以心識瞭解過去的阿羅漢、正等正覺者的心,知道'那些世尊是這樣的戒行,這樣的法,這樣的智慧,這樣的生活,這樣的解脫'?" "不是的,世尊。" "那麼,舍利弗,你是否以心識瞭解未來的阿羅漢、正等正覺者的心,知道'那些世尊將是這樣的戒行,這樣的法,這樣的智慧,這樣的生活,這樣的解脫'?" "不是的,世尊。" "那麼,舍利弗,你是否以心識瞭解我這位現在的阿羅漢、正等正覺者的心,知道'世尊是這樣的戒行,這樣的法,這樣的智慧,這樣的生活,這樣的解脫'?" "不是的,世尊。" "舍利弗,既然你對過去、未來、現在的阿羅漢、正等正覺者沒有他心通,那麼你為什麼說了這樣高尚的話,作出了這樣明確的斷言,發出了這樣的獅子吼:'世尊,我如此信仰世尊;過去沒有,將來不會有,現在也沒有其他沙門或婆羅門在正等覺方面比世尊更殊勝'?" "世尊,我雖然沒有對過去、未來、現在的阿羅漢、正等正覺者的他心通,但我知道法的必然性。世尊,就像一個邊境城市,城墻高大堅固,只有一個城門,那裡有一個聰明、有智慧、有才能的守門人,阻止陌生人進入,允許熟人進入。他在城市周圍的巡邏道上巡視,看不到城墻的縫隙或裂縫,甚至連一隻貓能鑽出去的洞都沒有。他會這樣想:'任何大型生物進出這座城市,都必須從這個城門進出。'同樣地,世尊,我知道法的必然性:'世尊,過去的阿羅漢、正等正覺者,都是在斷除了五蓋,去除了使慧力減弱的心的污染,在四念處中確立了心,如實修習了七覺支后,證得無上正等正覺。世尊,未來的阿羅漢、正等正覺者,也都將在斷除了五蓋,去除了使慧力減弱的心的污染,在四念處中確立了心,如實修習了七覺支后,證得無上正等正覺。世尊,現在的阿羅漢、正等正覺者,也是在斷除了五蓋,去除了使慧力減弱的心的污染,在四念處中確立了心,如實修習了七覺支后,證得無上正等正覺。'" 在那裡,世尊住在那爛陀的波婆利迦芒果園時,也經常為比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 破戒的過患

Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – 『『bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto』』ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra』』nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – 『『pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

Sīlavantaānisaṃsa

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊在那爛陀住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去巴特利村。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了巴特利村。巴特利村的優婆塞聽說:"據說世尊已經到達巴特利村了。"於是巴特利村的優婆塞走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的巴特利村優婆塞對世尊說:"世尊,請接受我們的休息處。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然後,巴特利村的優婆塞知道世尊已經接受,就從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞後走向休息處;到達后,鋪設休息處的全部地面,準備座位,放置水罐,點燃油燈,然後走向世尊,到達後向世尊禮拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的巴特利村優婆塞對世尊說:"世尊,休息處已經全部鋪設好了,座位已經準備好了,水罐已經放置好了,油燈已經點燃了;請世尊認為現在是時候了。" 於是世尊在傍晚時分,穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與比丘僧團一起走向休息處;到達后洗腳,進入休息處,靠著中間的柱子面向東方坐下。比丘僧團也洗腳後進入休息處,靠著西牆面向東方坐下,以世尊為首。巴特利村的優婆塞也洗腳後進入休息處,靠著東牆面向西方坐下,以世尊為首。然後,世尊對巴特利村的優婆塞說:"居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失有這五種過患。哪五種?在這裡,居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失,由於放逸而遭受巨大的財產損失。這是破戒者因戒行缺失的第一種過患。再者,居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失,惡名聲傳播。這是破戒者因戒行缺失的第二種過患。再者,居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失,無論走進哪種集會 - 無論是剎帝利集會、婆羅門集會、居士集會還是沙門集會 - 都會不自信、羞愧地走進去。這是破戒者因戒行缺失的第三種過患。再者,居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失,死時會陷入迷亂。這是破戒者因戒行缺失的第四種過患。再者,居士們,破戒者因戒行缺失,身壞命終後會投生到惡趣、墮處、地獄。這是破戒者因戒行缺失的第五種過患。居士們,這就是破戒者因戒行缺失的五種過患。持戒的利益

『『Pañcime , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – 『『abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ

Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī』』ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? 『『Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā』』ti. 『『Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿有這五種利益。哪五種?在這裡,居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿,由於不放逸而獲得巨大的財富。這是持戒者因戒行圓滿的第一種利益。再者,居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿,美好的名聲傳播。這是持戒者因戒行圓滿的第二種利益。再者,居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿,無論走進哪種 - 無論是剎帝利、婆羅門**、居士還是沙門 - 都會自信、不羞愧地走進去。這是持戒者因戒行圓滿的第三種利益。再者,居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿,死時不會陷入迷亂。這是持戒者因戒行圓滿的第四種利益。再者,居士們,持戒者因戒行圓滿,身壞命終後會投生到善趣、天界。這是持戒者因戒行圓滿的第五種利益。居士們,這就是持戒者因戒行圓滿的五種利益。" 然後,世尊用法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜巴特利村的優婆塞們很長時間,然後讓他們離開:"居士們,夜已深了,你們認為現在是時候就請便吧。" "是,世尊。"巴特利村的優婆塞回答世尊,然後從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離去。然後世尊在巴特利村的優婆塞們離去不久后,進入空房。建造巴特利城那時,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵禦跋耆人。那時,成千上萬的神靈在巴特利村佔據地盤。在大能神靈佔據地盤的地方,有大能的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。在中等神靈佔據地盤的地方,有中等的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。在低等神靈佔據地盤的地方,有低等的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。世尊以清凈超人的天眼看到那些成千上萬的神靈在巴特利村佔據地盤。然後世尊在夜晚的後分起身,對尊者阿難說:"阿難,誰在巴特利村建造城市?" "世尊,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵禦跋耆人。" "阿難,就像與三十三天的天神商議一樣,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵禦跋耆人。阿難,我在這裡以清凈超人的天眼看到成千上萬的神靈在巴特利村佔據地盤。阿難,在大能神靈佔據地盤的地方,有大能的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。在中等神靈佔據地盤的地方,有中等的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。在低等神靈佔據地盤的地方,有低等的國王和大臣們的心傾向於在那裡建造住所。阿難,只要有聖人的領域,只要有商業的道路,這個巴特利城將成為主要的城市,成為商品集散地。阿難,巴特利城將有三種危險 - 火災、水災或內部分裂。"

Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – 『『kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

『『Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;

Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo [brahmacārino (syā.)].

『『Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;

Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

『『Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;

Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – 『『yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;

Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā』』ti.

Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

Ariyasaccakathā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅走向世尊;到達后與世尊互相問候,寒暄後站在一旁。站在一旁的摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅對世尊說:"請尊敬的喬達摩接受我們今天的食物供養,連同比丘僧團。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然後,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅知道世尊已經接受,就走向自己的住處;到達后在自己的住處準備精美的硬食軟食,然後派人通知世尊時間已到:"尊敬的喬達摩,時間到了,食物已經準備好了。" 然後,世尊在上午時分穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與比丘僧團一起走向摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅的住處;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。然後摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅親手以精美的硬食軟食供養以佛陀為首的比丘僧團,使他們滿足。然後摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅在世尊用完餐,放下缽后,拿了一個低矮的座位,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅,世尊用這些偈頌隨喜: "智者在何處居住, 應在此處供養持戒者,自製的梵行者。那裡的神靈,應向他們迴向功德, 他們受到供養就會供養他,受到尊重就會尊重他。然後他們會憐憫他,如母親憐憫親生兒子, 受到神靈憐憫的人,總是看到吉祥之事。" 然後世尊用這些偈頌對摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅隨喜后,從座位起身離去。那時,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀和伐沙迦羅緊跟在世尊身後:"沙門喬達摩今天從哪個門出去,那個門就叫做喬達摩門。他從哪個渡口渡過恒河,那個渡口就叫做喬達摩渡口。"然後世尊從一個門出去,那個門就叫做喬達摩門。然後世尊走向恒河。那時,恒河水滿溢,水平與岸齊,烏鴉可以喝到。一些人在尋找船,一些人在尋找筏,一些人在扎木排,想要從此岸到彼岸。然後世尊就像一個強壯的人伸直彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸直的手臂那樣,在恒河此岸消失,出現在彼岸,與比丘僧團在一起。世尊看到那些人,一些在尋找船,一些在尋找筏,一些在扎木排,想要從此岸到彼岸。然後世尊知道這件事的意義,在那時說出這個自說: "那些渡過海洋、池塘的人,造橋樑而避開沼澤, 人們扎木排,但智者已經渡過。" 第一誦品完。聖諦之談

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

『『Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

『『Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;

Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.

Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;

Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo』』ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā

Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』ti?

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去拘利村。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了拘利村。在那裡,世尊住在拘利村。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說: "比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達四聖諦,我和你們長久以來就這樣奔走、輪迴。哪四種?比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達苦聖諦,我和你們長久以來就這樣奔走、輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達苦集聖諦,我和你們長久以來就這樣奔走、輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達苦滅聖諦,我和你們長久以來就這樣奔走、輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達導向苦滅的道聖諦,我和你們長久以來就這樣奔走、輪迴。比丘們,現在這苦聖諦已被覺悟、通達,苦集聖諦已被覺悟、通達,苦滅聖諦已被覺悟、通達,導向苦滅的道聖諦已被覺悟、通達,有愛已被斷除,再有之因已滅盡,現在不再有再生。"世尊說了這些。說了這些后,善逝、導師又說了這些: "由於不如實見四聖諦, 長久以來輪迴于各種生中。現在這些已被見到,再有之因已被除去, 苦的根本已被切斷,現在不再有再生。" 在那裡,世尊住在拘利村時,也經常為比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 不再返回、以正覺為歸依然後,世尊在拘利村住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去那提迦。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了那提迦。在那裡,世尊住在那提迦的磚房。然後尊者阿難走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,名叫沙羅的比丘在那提迦去世了,他的去處是什麼,他的來世是什麼?世尊,名叫難陀的比丘尼在那提迦去世了,她的去處是什麼,她的來世是什麼?世尊,名叫須達多的優婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去處是什麼,他的來世是什麼?世尊,名叫須阇陀的優婆夷在那提迦去世了,她的去處是什麼,她的來世是什麼?世尊,名叫雞的優婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去處是什麼,他的來世是什麼?世尊,名叫迦林波的優婆塞......世尊,名叫尼迦陀的優婆塞......世尊,名叫迦提沙訶的優婆塞......世尊,名叫圖特的優婆塞......世尊,名叫桑圖特的優婆塞......世尊,名叫跋陀的優婆塞......世尊,名叫須跋陀的優婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去處是什麼,他的來世是什麼?"

『『Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā

『『Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti.
『『Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti?

『『Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā』ti.

『『Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī』ti.

『『Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā』ti.

『『Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

『『Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –

『『Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,比丘沙羅由於諸漏已盡,在現法中自己證知、實現、具足並安住于無漏的心解脫、慧解脫。阿難,比丘尼難陀由於五下分結已盡,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不再從那個世界返回。阿難,優婆塞須達多由於三結已盡,貪、嗔、癡已減弱,是一來者,還要再來這個世界一次就能作苦的終結。阿難,優婆夷須阇陀由於三結已盡,是預流者,不墮惡趣,必定趣向正覺。阿難,優婆塞雞由於五下分結已盡,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不再從那個世界返回。阿難,優婆塞迦林波......阿難,優婆塞尼迦陀......阿難,優婆塞迦提沙訶......阿難,優婆塞圖特......阿難,優婆塞桑圖特......阿難,優婆塞跋陀......阿難,優婆塞須跋陀由於五下分結已盡,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不再從那個世界返回。阿難,在那提迦去世的五十多位優婆塞,由於五下分結已盡,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不再從那個世界返回。阿難,在那提迦去世的九十多位優婆塞,由於三結已盡,貪、嗔、癡已減弱,是一來者,還要再來這個世界一次就能作苦的終結。阿難,在那提迦去世的五百多位優婆塞,由於三結已盡,是預流者,不墮惡趣,必定趣向正覺。法鏡法門 "阿難,一個人類死亡並不奇怪。如果每次有人死亡你們都來問如來這件事,那會使如來疲勞。因此,阿難,我要講一個名為法鏡的法門,具足這個法門的聖弟子如果願意,就能自己宣說自己:'我已盡地獄,已盡畜生道,已盡餓鬼界,已盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,必定趣向正覺。' "阿難,什麼是法鏡法門,具足這個法門的聖弟子如果願意,就能自己宣說自己:'我已盡地獄,已盡畜生道,已盡餓鬼界,已盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,必定趣向正覺'? 阿難,在這裡,聖弟子對佛具足不動的凈信:'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。' 對法具足不動的凈信:'法由世尊善說,現見性,無時性,來見性,導向性,智者各自證知。' 對僧具足不動的凈信:'世尊的弟子僧團是善行道者,世尊的弟子僧團是正直行道者,世尊的弟子僧團是如理行道者,世尊的弟子僧團是和敬行道者,也就是四雙八輩。這個世尊的弟子僧團值得供養,值得款待,值得佈施,值得合掌,是世間無上的福田。' 具足聖者所愛戒,不破、不穿、不雜、不污、自在、智者稱讚、不執著、導向定。阿難,這就是法鏡法門,具足這個法門的聖弟子如果願意,就能自己宣說自己:'我已盡地獄,已盡畜生道,已盡餓鬼界,已盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,必定趣向正覺。'" 在那裡,世尊住在那提迦的磚房時,也經常為比丘們作這樣的法談: "這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。"

Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

『『Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.

『『Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī』』ti.

Ambapālīgaṇikā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊在那提迦住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去毗舍離。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了毗舍離。在那裡,世尊住在毗舍離的庵婆波利園。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說: "比丘們,比丘應當保持正念、正知而住,這是我對你們的教導。比丘們,比丘如何保持正念?在這裡,比丘們,比丘對身體隨觀身體而住,熱誠、正知、具念,除去對世間的貪慾和憂惱。對感受隨觀感受......對心隨觀心......對法隨觀法而住,熱誠、正知、具念,除去對世間的貪慾和憂惱。比丘們,這就是比丘如何保持正念。比丘們,比丘如何保持正知?在這裡,比丘們,比丘在前進、後退時保持正知,在前視、后視時保持正知,在屈伸肢體時保持正知,在穿袈裟、持缽、著衣時保持正知,在吃、喝、咀嚼、品嚐時保持正知,在大小便時保持正知,在行、住、坐、臥、醒、語、默時保持正知。比丘們,這就是比丘如何保持正知。比丘們,比丘應當保持正念、正知而住,這是我對你們的教導。" 庵婆波利妓女

Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – 『『bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane』』ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – 『『bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane』』ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kiṃ, je ambapāli , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī』』ti? 『『Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. 『『Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā』』ti. 『『Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī』』ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – 『『jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā』』ti [『『jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā』』ti (syā.)].

Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『yesaṃ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa』』nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – 『『adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta』』nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – 『『jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā』』ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 庵婆波利妓女聽說:"據說世尊已到達毗舍離,住在我的芒果園裡。"於是庵婆波利妓女讓人準備好幾輛華麗的車,自己登上一輛華麗的車,乘著這些華麗的車從毗舍離出發。她朝自己的園林駛去。車能行駛的地方就乘車,不能行駛的地方就下車步行,走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜坐在一旁的庵婆波利妓女。然後,被世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜的庵婆波利妓女對世尊說:"世尊,請接受我明天的食物供養,連同比丘僧團。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然後庵婆波利妓女知道世尊已經接受,就從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離去。毗舍離的離車族人聽說:"據說世尊已到達毗舍離,住在庵婆波利園。"於是那些離車族人讓人準備好幾輛華麗的車,自己登上華麗的車,乘著這些華麗的車從毗舍離出發。其中一些離車族人是藍色的,藍色面板,藍色衣服,藍色裝飾;一些離車族人是黃色的,黃色面板,黃色衣服,黃色裝飾;一些離車族人是紅色的,紅色面板,紅色衣服,紅色裝飾;一些離車族人是白色的,白色面板,白色衣服,白色裝飾。然後庵婆波利妓女讓自己的車軸對著年輕離車族人的車軸,車輪對著車輪,車軛對著車軛。於是那些離車族人對庵婆波利妓女說:"喂,庵婆波利,你為什麼讓自己的車軸對著年輕離車族人的車軸,車輪對著車輪,車軛對著車軛?" "因為,貴公子們,世尊已經接受了我明天的食物供養,連同比丘僧團。" "喂,庵婆波利,把這頓飯讓給我們,十萬金幣。" "貴公子們,即使你們把毗舍離連同它的領地給我,我也不會讓出這頓飯。" 於是那些離車族人彈指說:"哎呀,我們被這女人打敗了!哎呀,我們被這女人打敗了!" 然後那些離車族人朝庵婆波利園駛去。世尊遠遠地看到那些離車族人來。看到后對比丘們說:"比丘們,那些沒見過三十三天諸天的比丘,請看離車族的集會;比丘們,請觀察離車族的集會;比丘們,請比較離車族的集會 - 它像三十三天。"然後那些離車族人車能行駛的地方就乘車,不能行駛的地方就下車步行,走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜坐在一旁的那些離車族人。然後,被世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜的那些離車族人對世尊說:"世尊,請接受我們明天的食物供養,連同比丘僧團。"於是世尊對那些離車族人說:"離車族人,我已經接受了庵婆波利妓女明天的食物供養。"於是那些離車族人彈指說:"哎呀,我們被這女人打敗了!哎呀,我們被這女人打敗了!"然後那些離車族人歡喜、隨喜世尊的話,從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離去。

Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – 『『kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī』』ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ

Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – 『na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī』』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,庵婆波利在那夜過後,在自己的園林里準備了精美的硬食軟食,派人通知世尊時間已到:"世尊,時間到了,食物已經準備好了。"於是世尊在上午時分穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與比丘僧團一起走向庵婆波利的住處;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。然後庵婆波利親手以精美的硬食軟食供養以佛陀為首的比丘僧團,使他們滿足。然後庵婆波利在世尊用完餐,放下缽后,拿了一個低矮的座位,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的庵婆波利對世尊說:"世尊,我把這個園林佈施給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團。"世尊接受了這個園林。然後世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令歡喜庵婆波利后,從座位起身離去。在那裡,世尊住在毗舍離的庵婆波利園時,也經常為比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培養的定果報大、利益大。定所培養的慧果報大、利益大。慧所培養的心正確地從諸漏中解脫,也就是欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 在竹村安居然後,世尊在庵婆波利園住了適當的時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去竹村。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。於是世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了竹村。在那裡,世尊住在竹村。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,你們去毗舍離周圍,根據朋友關係、熟識關係、親密關係安居。我要在這裡竹村安居。" "是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊后,就去毗舍離周圍,根據朋友關係、熟識關係、親密關係安居。而世尊就在那裡竹村安居。然後,世尊在安居期間生了重病,產生劇烈的、瀕死的痛苦。世尊正念正知地忍受,不受困擾。然後世尊想:"如果我不告訴侍者,不通知比丘僧團就入滅,這對我來說是不恰當的。我應該以精進力驅除這個病,住于決意維持生命。"於是世尊以精進力驅除那個病,住于決意維持生命。然後世尊的那個病平息了。然後世尊從病中康復,剛剛康復不久,從住處出來,坐在住處背後準備好的座位上。然後尊者阿難走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,我看到世尊安康;世尊,我看到世尊能忍受,但是因為世尊的病,我的身體好像變得無力,方向也不清楚,法也不明瞭。不過,世尊,我還有一點安慰 - 世尊不會在沒有對比丘僧團說些什麼之前就入滅。"

『『Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – 『ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī』ti vā 『mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho』ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – 『ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī』ti vā 『mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho』ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo . Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā』』ti.

Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

Nimittobhāsakathā

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,比丘僧團對我還有什麼期待嗎?我已經把法無內外地教導了。阿難,如來對法沒有師拳。阿難,如果有人這樣想:'我要照顧比丘僧團'或'比丘僧團是屬於我的',他才會對比丘僧團說些什麼。阿難,如來不這樣想:'我要照顧比丘僧團'或'比丘僧團是屬於我的'。阿難,如來還會對比丘僧團說些什麼嗎?阿難,我現在已經衰老、年邁、高齡、到了晚年、年紀大了。我已經八十歲了。阿難,就像一輛破舊的車靠修補才能行駛,同樣地,阿難,我覺得如來的身體也是靠修補才能維持。阿難,當如來不作意一切相,滅除某些感受,進入無相心定而住時,那時如來的身體會更舒適。因此,阿難,你們要以自己為洲,以自己為歸依,不以其他為歸依;以法為洲,以法為歸依,不以其他為歸依。阿難,比丘如何以自己為洲,以自己為歸依,不以其他為歸依;以法為洲,以法為歸依,不以其他為歸依?在這裡,阿難,比丘對身體隨觀身體而住,熱誠、正知、具念,除去對世間的貪慾和憂惱。對感受......對心......對法隨觀法而住,熱誠、正知、具念,除去對世間的貪慾和憂惱。阿難,這就是比丘如何以自己為洲,以自己為歸依,不以其他為歸依;以法為洲,以法為歸依,不以其他為歸依。阿難,現在或我去世后,凡以自己為洲,以自己為歸依,不以其他為歸依;以法為洲,以法為歸依,不以其他為歸依的人,只要他們喜愛學習,他們就會成為我最上等的比丘。" 第二誦品。關於顯示徵兆的談話然後,世尊在上午時分穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,進入毗舍離乞食。在毗舍離乞食后,飯後回來,對尊者阿難說:"阿難,拿坐具,我們去遮波羅塔進行午休。" "是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,拿著坐具跟在世尊後面。然後世尊走向遮波羅塔;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。尊者阿難也向世尊禮拜后,坐在一旁。

Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』』ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – 『『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』』ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – 『『tiṭṭhatu , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

Mārayācanakathā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 世尊對坐在一旁的尊者阿難說:"阿難,毗舍離很迷人,烏提那塔很迷人,喬達摩塔很迷人,七芒果塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,沙蘭達達塔很迷人,遮波羅塔很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。"即使世尊作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示,尊者阿難也沒能領悟;沒有請求世尊:"世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。"這是因為他的心被魔羅所迷惑。第二次......第三次世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,毗舍離很迷人,烏提那塔很迷人,喬達摩塔很迷人,七芒果塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,沙蘭達達塔很迷人,遮波羅塔很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。"即使世尊作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示,尊者阿難也沒能領悟;沒有請求世尊:"世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。"這是因為他的心被魔羅所迷惑。然後世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你去吧,現在你認為是時候了。""是,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,從座位起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后,坐在不遠處的一棵樹下。魔羅的請求的談話

Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī』ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

『『Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī』ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

『『Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī』ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni , bhante, bhagavato.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,在尊者阿難離開不久,惡魔波旬走向世尊;到達後站在一旁。站在一旁的惡魔波旬對世尊說:"世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:'惡者啊,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。'世尊,現在您的比丘弟子們已經成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:'惡者啊,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的比丘尼弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。'世尊,現在您的比丘尼弟子們已經成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:'惡者啊,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的優婆塞弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。'世尊,現在您的優婆塞弟子們已經成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。

『『Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī』ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

『『Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita』nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato』』ti .

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – 『『appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī』』ti.

Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ

Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu . Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava』』nti.

Mahābhūmicālahetu

Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – 『『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā』』ti?

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā』』ti?

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:'惡者啊,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的優婆夷們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。'世尊,現在您的優婆夷們已經成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:'惡者啊,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的這個梵行生活不興盛、繁榮、廣大、衆所周知、廣為流傳,直到被天人善加宣說。'世尊,現在您的梵行生活已經興盛、繁榮、廣大、衆所周知、廣為流傳,已被天人善加宣說。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。" 說了這些后,世尊對惡魔波旬說:"惡者,你放心吧,如來的般涅槃不會太久了。從今天起三個月后,如來將入般涅槃。" 捨棄壽行然後,世尊在遮波羅塔正念正知地捨棄了壽行。當世尊捨棄壽行時,發生了大地震,可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的,天鼓也響起。然後,世尊知道這件事的意義,在那時說出這個自說: "牟尼捨棄了可衡量和不可衡量的生存, 內心喜悅、專注, 如同自我產生般破碎了鎧甲。" 大地震的原因然後,尊者阿難想:"真是奇妙啊,真是稀有啊,這真是一次大地震;這真是一次巨大的、可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的地震;天鼓也響起。什麼是這次大地震發生的原因和條件呢?" 然後,尊者阿難走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,真是奇妙,世尊,真是稀有,世尊,這真是一次大地震;世尊,這真是一次巨大的、可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的地震;天鼓也響起。世尊,什麼是這次大地震發生的原因和條件呢?"

『『Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā』』ti.

Aṭṭha parisā

『『Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – 『ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā』ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – 『ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā』ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – 『ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā』ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – 『ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā』ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.

Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,有八種原因,八種條件導致大地震的發生。是哪八種?阿難,這大地依水而立,水依風而立,風依空而立。阿難,有時大風吹起。大風吹起時,水動搖。水動搖時,大地動搖。這是第一個原因,第一個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,有沙門或婆羅門具有神通,能隨心所欲,或有大神通、大威力的天神,他們修習了有限的地想,無量的水想。他使這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第二個原因,第二個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當菩薩正念正知地從兜率天下降,進入母胎時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第三個原因,第三個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當菩薩正念正知地從母胎出生時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第四個原因,第四個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當如來證得無上正等正覺時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第五個原因,第五個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當如來轉無上法輪時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第六個原因,第六個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當如來正念正知地捨棄壽行時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第七個原因,第七個條件導致大地震的發生。再者,阿難,當如來在無餘涅槃界入般涅槃時,這大地震動、搖動、強烈震動、顫動。這是第八個原因,第八個條件導致大地震的發生。阿難,這就是八種原因,八種條件導致大地震的發生。" 八眾 "阿難,有這八種眾。哪八種?剎帝利眾、婆羅門眾、居士眾、沙門眾、四大王天眾、三十三天眾、魔眾、梵眾。阿難,我記得曾經接近過數百個剎帝利眾。在那裡,我曾經與他們一起坐、交談、討論。我的膚色就像他們的膚色,我的聲音就像他們的聲音。我以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令他們歡喜。當我說話時,他們不知道:'這是誰在說話,是天還是人?'我以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令他們歡喜后就消失了。我消失後,他們不知道:'這是誰消失了,是天還是人?'阿難,我記得曾經接近過數百個婆羅門眾......居士眾......沙門眾......四大王天眾......三十三天眾......魔眾......梵眾。在那裡,我曾經與他們一起坐、交談、討論。我的膚色就像他們的膚色,我的聲音就像他們的聲音。我以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令他們歡喜。當我說話時,他們不知道:'這是誰在說話,是天還是人?'我以法談開示、勸導、鼓舞、令他們歡喜后就消失了。我消失後,他們不知道:'這是誰消失了,是天還是人?'阿難,這就是八眾。八勝處

『『Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

『『Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. 『Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī』ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.

Aṭṭha vimokkhā

『『Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā 『ananto ākāso』ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma 『anantaṃ viññāṇa』nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma 『natthi kiñcī』ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,有這八種勝處。哪八種?內有色想,外觀少量美色丑色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第一勝處。內有色想,外觀無量美色丑色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第二勝處。內無色想,外觀少量美色丑色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第三勝處。內無色想,外觀無量美色丑色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第四勝處。內無色想,外觀藍色、藍色調、藍色相、藍色光的色。就像亞麻花是藍色、藍色調、藍色相、藍色光的,或者像波羅奈兩面磨光的布是藍色、藍色調、藍色相、藍色光的。同樣地,內無色想,外觀藍色、藍色調、藍色相、藍色光的色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第五勝處。內無色想,外觀黃色、黃色調、黃色相、黃色光的色。就像卡尼卡拉花是黃色、黃色調、黃色相、黃色光的,或者像波羅奈兩面磨光的布是黃色、黃色調、黃色相、黃色光的。同樣地,內無色想,外觀黃色、黃色調、黃色相、黃色光的色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第六勝處。內無色想,外觀紅色、紅色調、紅色相、紅色光的色。就像般豆時婆迦花是紅色、紅色調、紅色相、紅色光的,或者像波羅奈兩面磨光的布是紅色、紅色調、紅色相、紅色光的。同樣地,內無色想,外觀紅色、紅色調、紅色相、紅色光的色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第七勝處。內無色想,外觀白色、白色調、白色相、白色光的色。就像晨星是白色、白色調、白色相、白色光的,或者像波羅奈兩面磨光的布是白色、白色調、白色相、白色光的。同樣地,內無色想,外觀白色、白色調、白色相、白色光的色。他有這樣的想:'我知道它們,我看到它們,我勝過它們。'這是第八勝處。阿難,這就是八勝處。八解脫 "阿難,有這八種解脫。哪八種?有色觀色,這是第一解脫。內無色想,外觀色,這是第二解脫。專注于'美',這是第三解脫。完全超越色想,滅除有對想,不作意種種想,〔思惟〕'空無邊',成就並住于空無邊處,這是第四解脫。完全超越空無邊處,〔思惟〕'識無邊',成就並住于識無邊處,這是第五解脫。完全超越識無邊處,〔思惟〕'無所有',成就並住于無所有處,這是第六解脫。完全超越無所有處,成就並住于非想非非想處,這是第七解脫。完全超越非想非非想處,成就並住于想受滅,這是第八解脫。阿難,這就是八解脫。

『『Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – 『parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato』ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –

『『『Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

『『『Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

『『『Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

『『『Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

『『『Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita』nti.

『『Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – 『parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – 『『na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima , parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita』』nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato』ti.
『『Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – 『appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī』ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho』』ti.

Ānandayācanakathā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,有一次我住在烏魯維羅(Uruvela)的尼連禪河(Nerañjarā)岸邊的阿阇波羅尼拘律樹下,剛剛證得無上正等正覺。那時,阿難,惡魔波旬來到我這裡,站在一旁。站在一旁的惡魔波旬對我說:'世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。'阿難,我這樣回答惡魔波旬: '惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的比丘尼弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的優婆塞弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的優婆夷弟子們成為有能力的、訓練有素的、自信的、多聞的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正確行道的、如法而行的,學習了自己的師承后能宣說、教導、安立、確立、開顯、分別、闡明,能以法善巧地駁斥已生起的異說並說示神奇的法。惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的這個梵行生活不興盛、繁榮、廣大、衆所周知、廣為流傳,直到被天人善加宣說。' "阿難,就在今天,在遮波羅塔,惡魔波旬來到我這裡,站在一旁。站在一旁的惡魔波旬對我說:'世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。世尊,您曾經說過這樣的話:"惡者,我不會入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子們......直到我的比丘尼弟子們......直到我的優婆塞弟子們......直到我的優婆夷弟子們......直到我的這個梵行生活不興盛、繁榮、廣大、衆所周知、廣為流傳,直到被天人善加宣說。"世尊,現在您的梵行生活已經興盛、繁榮、廣大、衆所周知、廣為流傳,已被天人善加宣說。世尊,請現在入般涅槃,善逝,請現在入般涅槃,世尊,現在是您入般涅槃的時候了。' "阿難,我這樣回答惡魔波旬:'惡者,你放心吧,如來的般涅槃不會太久了。從今天起三個月后,如來將入般涅槃。'阿難,就在今天,在遮波羅塔,如來正念正知地捨棄了壽行。" 阿難的請求的談話

Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti.

『『Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā』』ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti.

『『Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi』』nti? 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī』』ti? 『『Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – 『yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』』』ti. 『『Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā』』ti? 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – 『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

『『Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – 『ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – 『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 說了這些后,尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。" "夠了,阿難。不要請求如來,阿難,現在不是請求如來的時候。"第二次......第三次尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。" "阿難,你相信如來的覺悟嗎?""是的,世尊。""那麼,阿難,你為什麼要三次強迫如來呢?""世尊,我親耳聽世尊說過,親自領受過:'阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。'""阿難,你相信嗎?""是的,世尊。""因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤,當如來作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示時,你沒能領悟,沒有請求如來:'世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。'阿難,如果你請求如來,如來會兩次拒絕,但第三次會接受。因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤。 "阿難,有一次我住在王舍城(Rājagaha)的靈鷲山。那時我對你說:'阿難,王舍城很迷人,靈鷲山很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使這樣,阿難,當如來作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示時,你也沒能領悟,沒有請求如來:'世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。'阿難,如果你請求如來,如來會兩次拒絕,但第三次會接受。因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤。

『『Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – 『ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – 『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
『『Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – 『ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – 『tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
『『Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – 『ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā』ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – 『tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,有一次我就住在王舍城的瞿曇榕樹下......就住在王舍城的盜賊崖......就住在王舍城毗婆羅山側的七葉窟......就住在王舍城仙人山側的黑石......就住在王舍城寒林的蛇池巖......就住在王舍城的溫泉林......就住在王舍城竹林栗鼠feeding ground......就住在王舍城耆婆芒果林......就住在王舍城鹿野苑。那時我對你說:'阿難,王舍城很迷人,靈鷲山很迷人,瞿曇榕樹很迷人,盜賊崖很迷人,毗婆羅山側的七葉窟很迷人,仙人山側的黑石很迷人,寒林的蛇池巖很迷人,溫泉林很迷人,竹林栗鼠feeding ground很迷人,耆婆芒果林很迷人,鹿野苑很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修......阿難,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使這樣,阿難,當如來作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示時,你也沒能領悟,沒有請求如來:'世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。'阿難,如果你請求如來,如來會兩次拒絕,但第三次會接受。因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤。 "阿難,有一次我就住在毗舍離(Vesālī)的優提那塔。那時我對你說:'阿難,毗舍離很迷人,優提那塔很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使這樣,阿難,當如來作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示時,你也沒能領悟,沒有請求如來:'世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。'阿難,如果你請求如來,如來會兩次拒絕,但第三次會接受。因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤。 "阿難,有一次我就住在毗舍離的瞿曇塔......就住在毗舍離的七柱塔......就住在毗舍離的多子塔......就住在毗舍離的娑蘭塔......就在今天,我在遮波羅塔對你說:'阿難,毗舍離很迷人,優提那塔很迷人,瞿曇塔很迷人,七柱塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,娑蘭塔很迷人,遮波羅塔很迷人。阿難,任何人如果修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,他如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿難,如來已修習、多修四神足,使之成為車乘,作為基礎,實行、熟習、善修,如來如果願意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使這樣,阿難,當如來作了如此明顯的暗示,作了如此明顯的表示時,你也沒能領悟,沒有請求如來:'世尊,請住世一劫,善逝,請住世一劫,爲了眾生的利益,爲了眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。'阿難,如果你請求如來,如來會兩次拒絕,但第三次會接受。因此,阿難,這是你的過失,這是你的錯誤。

『『Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – 『sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati』. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – 『na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī』ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna』』nti.
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –

『『Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.

『『Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;

Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.

『『Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;

Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī』』ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].

Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.

Nāgāpalokitaṃ

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,我不是早就告訴過你:'一切可愛可意的事物都有離別、分離、變異的本質。阿難,怎麼可能得到這樣的事:凡是生起、存在、有為、必然毀壞的事物,愿它不要毀壞?這是不可能的。'阿難,如來已捨棄、吐出、解脫、斷除、遠離了壽行,已明確地說:'如來的般涅槃不會太久了。從今天起三個月后,如來將入般涅槃。'如來不可能爲了活命而收回這些話,這是不可能的。來吧,阿難,我們去大林重閣講堂。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,世尊與尊者阿難一起去了大林重閣講堂。到達后,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你去把所有住在毗舍離附近的比丘都召集到集會堂。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,把所有住在毗舍離附近的比丘都召集到集會堂,然後走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,比丘僧團已集合,請世尊認為現在是時候了。" 然後,世尊走向集會堂;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後,世尊對比丘們說:"因此,比丘們,我以證智所說的那些法,你們應當好好學習、修習、培育、多作,使這梵行生活能長久持續,這將為眾生的利益,為眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。比丘們,什麼是我以證智所說的那些法,你們應當好好學習、修習、培育、多作,使這梵行生活能長久持續,這將為眾生的利益,為眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂?就是:四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八聖道分。比丘們,這些就是我以證智所說的那些法,你們應當好好學習、修習、培育、多作,使這梵行生活能長久持續,這將為眾生的利益,為眾生的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天人的利益、福祉、安樂。" 然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,現在我告訴你們,諸行是衰敗的本質,你們要以不放逸成就。如來的般涅槃不會太久了。從今天起三個月后,如來將入般涅槃。"世尊說了這些。說了這些后,善逝、導師又說了這些: "我的壽命已成熟,我的生命所剩無幾, 我將離開你們而去,我已為自己作了歸依。比丘們,要不放逸,要具念,要有好的戒行, 要有善定的思惟,要守護自己的心。誰在這法與律中,住于不放逸, 他將捨棄生死輪迴,作苦的終結。" 第三誦品象的回顧

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

『『Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;

Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.

『『Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;

Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto』』ti.

Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

Catumahāpadesakathā

Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ , bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
『『Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana』nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,進入毗舍離托缽。在毗舍離托缽后,吃完飯,收起缽食,像大象回顧一樣回顧毗舍離,對尊者阿難說:"阿難,這將是如來最後一次看毗舍離。來吧,阿難,我們去般荼村。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了般荼村。世尊住在般荼村。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達四法,我和你們長久以來就這樣流轉輪迴。哪四法?比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達聖戒,我和你們長久以來就這樣流轉輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達聖定,我和你們長久以來就這樣流轉輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達聖慧,我和你們長久以來就這樣流轉輪迴。比丘們,由於不覺悟、不通達聖解脫,我和你們長久以來就這樣流轉輪迴。比丘們,現在這聖戒已覺悟、已通達,聖定已覺悟、已通達,聖慧已覺悟、已通達,聖解脫已覺悟、已通達,有愛已斷,有結已盡,現在不再有後有。"世尊說了這些。說了這些后,善逝、導師又說了這些: "戒、定、慧和無上解脫, 這些法已被有名聲的喬達摩覺悟。佛陀以證智了知后,向比丘們說法, 苦的終結者、具眼者、導師已入般涅槃。" 在那裡,世尊住在般荼村時,也常常對比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培育的定有大果報、大利益。定所培育的慧有大果報、大利益。慧所培育的心正確地從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 四大教法的談話然後,世尊在般荼村隨意住了一段時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去象村、芒果村、閻浮村、博伽城。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了博伽城。世尊住在博伽城的阿難塔。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,我將教導四大教法,你們要聽,要好好作意,我將說。""是的,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊說: "比丘們,在這裡,如果有比丘這樣說:'朋友們,我親耳聽世尊說,親自領受,這是法,這是律,這是導師的教導。'比丘們,對那個比丘的話,你們不應贊同,也不應反對。不贊同,不反對,要好好地記住那些文句,然後對照經典,比對律藏。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既不符合經典,也不一致于律,

4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita』nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita』nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

『『Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana』nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita』nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita』nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

『『Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana』nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita』nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita』nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

『『Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana』nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita』nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – 『addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita』nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā』』ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – 『『iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā』』ti.

Kammāraputtacundavatthu

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實不是世尊的話,而是這個比丘誤解了。'比丘們,你們應該捨棄它。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既符合經典,又一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實是世尊的話,而且這個比丘理解正確。'比丘們,你們應該記住這第一大教法。比丘們,在這裡,如果有比丘這樣說:'在某處住著一個有長老、有首領的僧團。我從那個僧團親耳聽到,親自領受,這是法,這是律,這是導師的教導。'比丘們,對那個比丘的話,你們不應贊同,也不應反對。不贊同,不反對,要好好地記住那些文句,然後對照經典,比對律藏。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既不符合經典,也不一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實不是世尊的話,而是那個僧團誤解了。'比丘們,你們應該捨棄它。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既符合經典,又一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實是世尊的話,而且那個僧團理解正確。'比丘們,你們應該記住這第二大教法。比丘們,在這裡,如果有比丘這樣說:'在某處住著許多學識淵博、通曉傳統、持法、持律、持綱要的長老比丘。我從那些長老親耳聽到,親自領受,這是法,這是律,這是導師的教導。'比丘們,對那個比丘的話,你們不應贊同......也不一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實不是世尊的話,而是那些長老誤解了。'比丘們,你們應該捨棄它。如果對照經典......又一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實是世尊的話,而且那些長老理解正確。'比丘們,你們應該記住這第三大教法。比丘們,在這裡,如果有比丘這樣說:'在某處住著一位學識淵博、通曉傳統、持法、持律、持綱要的長老比丘。我從那位長老親耳聽到,親自領受,這是法,這是律,這是導師的教導。'比丘們,對那個比丘的話,你們不應贊同,也不應反對。不贊同,不反對,要好好地記住那些文句,然後對照經典,比對律藏。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既不符合經典,也不一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實不是世尊的話,而是那位長老誤解了。'比丘們,你們應該捨棄它。如果對照經典、比對律藏時,它們既符合經典,又一致于律,那麼你們應該得出這個結論:'這確實是世尊的話,而且那位長老理解正確。'比丘們,你們應該記住這第四大教法。比丘們,你們應該記住這四大教法。" 在那裡,世尊住在博伽城的阿難塔時,也常常對比丘們作這樣的法談:"這是戒,這是定,這是慧。戒所培育的定有大果報、大利益。定所培育的慧有大果報、大利益。慧所培育的心正確地從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。" 鐵匠之子純陀的事

Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – 『『bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane』』ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – 『『kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – 『『yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – 『『yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;

Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.

Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,

Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;

Virecamāno [viriccamāno (sī. syā. ka.), viriñcamāno (?)] bhagavā avoca,

Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.

Pānīyāharaṇaṃ

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊在博伽城隨意住了一段時間后,對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去波婆城。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,世尊與大比丘僧團一起去了波婆城。在那裡,世尊住在波婆城鐵匠之子純陀的芒果園。鐵匠之子純陀聽說:"據說世尊已到達波婆城,住在我的芒果園。"然後,鐵匠之子純陀走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜坐在一旁的鐵匠之子純陀。然後,被世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜的鐵匠之子純陀對世尊說:"世尊,請世尊和比丘僧團明天接受我的供養。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然後,鐵匠之子純陀知道世尊已接受,從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。然後,鐵匠之子純陀在那夜過後,在自己家裡準備了美味的硬食軟食,還有大量的豬肉嫩煮,然後派人告訴世尊時間已到:"世尊,時間已到,飯已準備好了。"然後,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與比丘僧團一起去鐵匠之子純陀的家;到達後坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後,世尊對鐵匠之子純陀說:"純陀,你準備的豬肉嫩煮,用那個來供養我。你準備的其他硬食軟食,用那些來供養比丘僧團。""是的,世尊。"鐵匠之子純陀回答世尊后,用準備的豬肉嫩煮供養世尊,用準備的其他硬食軟食供養比丘僧團。然後,世尊對鐵匠之子純陀說:"純陀,剩下的豬肉嫩煮,你把它埋在坑裡。純陀,我看不到在天、魔、梵的世界,在沙門、婆羅門、天、人的眾生中,有誰吃了它能正確消化,除了如來。""是的,世尊。"鐵匠之子純陀回答世尊后,把剩下的豬肉嫩煮埋在坑裡,然後走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜坐在一旁的鐵匠之子純陀,然後從座位上起身離開。然後,世尊吃了鐵匠之子純陀的飯後,生起了劇烈的病,血痢,有強烈的臨死般的痛苦。世尊正念正知地忍受著,不受干擾。然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去拘尸那羅。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。我聽說,吃了鐵匠純陀的飯後, 智者遭受劇烈的臨死般的病。吃了豬肉嫩煮后, 導師生起了劇烈的病; 世尊一邊排泄一邊說, "我要去拘尸那羅城。" 取水

Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī』』ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī』』ti.

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī』』ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī』』ti.

Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – 『『acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī』』ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.

Pukkusamallaputtavatthu

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊離開大路,走向一棵樹下;到達后對尊者阿難說:"阿難,請你為我鋪四折的大衣,我累了,阿難,我要坐下。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,鋪好了四折的大衣。世尊坐在鋪好的座位上。坐下後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,請你給我拿些水來,我渴了,阿難,我要喝水。"說了這些后,尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,剛才有五百輛車經過,那被車輪攪動的水很少,混濁不清,正在流動。世尊,這附近有卡庫陀河,水清澈甘美,清涼潔白,容易到達,令人愉悅。世尊可以在那裡喝水,也可以使身體清涼。" 世尊第二次對尊者阿難說:"阿難,請你給我拿些水來,我渴了,阿難,我要喝水。"第二次尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,剛才有五百輛車經過,那被車輪攪動的水很少,混濁不清,正在流動。世尊,這附近有卡庫陀河,水清澈甘美,清涼潔白,容易到達,令人愉悅。世尊可以在那裡喝水,也可以使身體清涼。" 世尊第三次對尊者阿難說:"阿難,請你給我拿些水來,我渴了,阿難,我要喝水。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,拿著缽走向那條小河。那時,那條被車輪攪動的小河,水很少,混濁不清,正在流動,當尊者阿難走近時,變得清澈、明凈、不渾濁地流動。然後,尊者阿難想:"真是不可思議啊,真是未曾有啊,如來的大神通力,大威力。這條小河被車輪攪動,水很少,混濁不清,正在流動,當我走近時,變得清澈、明凈、不渾濁地流動。"他用缽盛水,走向世尊;到達后對世尊說:"不可思議啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,如來的大神通力,大威力。世尊,剛才那條小河被車輪攪動,水很少,混濁不清,正在流動,當我走近時,變得清澈、明凈、不渾濁地流動。請世尊飲水,請善逝飲水。"然後,世尊喝了水。末羅族子富樓那的事

Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – 『api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī』ti? 『Evamāvuso』ti. 『So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā』ti? 『Evamāvuso』ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – 『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī』ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那時,末羅族子富樓那,阿羅羅·迦羅摩的弟子,正在從拘尸那羅到波婆城的路上。末羅族子富樓那看到世尊坐在一棵樹下。看到后,他走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的末羅族子富樓那對世尊說:"不可思議啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,出家人確實以寂靜的狀態而住。世尊,從前,阿羅羅·迦羅摩在路上行走時,離開大路,在不遠處一棵樹下坐下來過午休。世尊,那時有五百輛車從阿羅羅·迦羅摩身邊經過。然後,世尊,有一個人跟在那車隊後面走來,走向阿羅羅·迦羅摩;到達后對阿羅羅·迦羅摩說:'尊者,你看到五百輛車經過嗎?''朋友,我沒有看到。''那麼,尊者,你聽到聲音了嗎?''朋友,我沒有聽到聲音。''那麼,尊者,你在睡覺嗎?''朋友,我沒有睡覺。''那麼,尊者,你有意識嗎?''是的,朋友。''那麼,尊者,你有意識,清醒著,五百輛車從你身邊經過,你既沒有看到,也沒有聽到聲音;而且,尊者,你的大衣上沾滿了灰塵。''是的,朋友。'世尊,然後那個人想:'不可思議啊,未曾有啊,出家人確實以寂靜的狀態而住。竟然有意識,清醒著,五百輛車從身邊經過,既沒有看到,也沒有聽到聲音!'他對阿羅羅·迦羅摩表示了崇高的信心后離開了。"

『『Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā』』ti? 『『Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā』』ti.

『『Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – 『kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito』ti? 『Idāni , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī』ti? 『Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī』ti? 『Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi』nti. 『Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī』ti? 『Evamāvuso』ti. 『So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī』ti? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti?

『『Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – 『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī』ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya 『cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī』ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata』』nti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "富樓那,你怎麼認為,哪一個更難做到或更難實現 - 一個有意識、清醒的人,五百輛車從他身邊經過,他既看不見也聽不到聲音;還是一個有意識、清醒的人,在天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下時,他既看不見也聽不到聲音?""世尊,五百輛車或六百輛車或七百輛車或八百輛車或九百輛車,甚至一千輛車或十萬輛車又算得了什麼?相比之下,一個有意識、清醒的人,在天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下時,他既看不見也聽不到聲音,這才是更難做到和更難實現的。" "富樓那,有一次我住在阿圖瑪的穀倉里。那時,天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下,在穀倉不遠處有兩兄弟農夫和四頭公牛被雷擊中身亡。富樓那,然後阿圖瑪的一大群人出來,走向那兩兄弟農夫和四頭公牛被擊中的地方。富樓那,那時我從穀倉出來,在穀倉門前的露天處經行。富樓那,然後那群人中的一個人走向我;到達後向我禮拜,站在一旁。富樓那,我對站在一旁的那個人說:'朋友,這麼多人聚集在這裡是為什麼?''世尊,剛才天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下,有兩兄弟農夫和四頭公牛被雷擊中身亡。這麼多人就是為此聚集在這裡。但是,世尊,你剛才在哪裡?''朋友,我就在這裡。''那麼,世尊,你看到了嗎?''朋友,我沒有看到。''那麼,世尊,你聽到聲音了嗎?''朋友,我沒有聽到聲音。''那麼,世尊,你在睡覺嗎?''朋友,我沒有睡覺。''那麼,世尊,你有意識嗎?''是的,朋友。''那麼,世尊,你有意識,清醒著,在天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下時,你既沒有看到,也沒有聽到聲音?''是的,朋友。' "富樓那,然後那個人想:'不可思議啊,未曾有啊,出家人確實以寂靜的狀態而住。竟然有意識,清醒著,在天降大雨、雷聲轟鳴、閃電閃耀、雷電劈下時,既沒有看到,也沒有聽到聲音!'他對我表示了崇高的信心,向我禮拜,右繞后離開了。" 說了這些后,末羅族子富樓那對世尊說:"世尊,我對阿羅羅·迦羅摩的信心,現在我把它拋到大風中或衝到急流的河裡。太妙了,世尊!太妙了,世尊!就像有人扶起摔倒的,揭示被遮蔽的,為迷路者指明道路,在黑暗中舉起油燈,讓有眼之士得見諸色。同樣地,世尊以種種方便開示了法。世尊,我歸依世尊、法和比丘僧團。愿世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天起終生歸依。"

Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – 『『idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』ti. 『『Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda』』nti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī』』ti. 『『Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. 『『Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;

Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.

Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī』』ti.

『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.

Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,

Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;

Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo [sukilantarūpo (sī. pī.)],

Tathāgato appaṭimo ca [appaṭimodha (pī.)] loke.

Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],

Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;

Vattā [satthā (sī. syā. pī.)] pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,

Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.

Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,

Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;

So codito bhāvitattena cundo,

Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.

Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,

Cundopi tattha pamukhe [samukhe (ka.)] nisīdīti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,末羅族子富樓那對一個人說:"喂,你去給我拿一套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服來。""是的,尊者。"那個人回答末羅族子富樓那后,拿來了那套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服。然後,末羅族子富樓那把那套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服獻給世尊,說:"世尊,這是一套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服,請世尊出於慈悲接受它。""那麼,富樓那,用一件給我穿,一件給阿難穿。""是的,世尊。"末羅族子富樓那回答世尊后,用一件給世尊穿,一件給尊者阿難穿。然後,世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓勵、令末羅族子富樓那歡喜。然後,被世尊以法談開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜的末羅族子富樓那從座位上起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。然後,末羅族子富樓那離開不久,尊者阿難把那套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服披在世尊身上。披在世尊身上的那件衣服看起來失去了光澤。然後,尊者阿難對世尊說:"不可思議啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,如來的膚色是多麼清凈、明亮。世尊,這套金色的、嶄新的、可穿戴的衣服披在世尊身上,看起來失去了光澤。""阿難,確實如此,阿難,確實如此。阿難,在兩個時候,如來的身體特別清凈,膚色特別明亮。哪兩個時候?阿難,一是如來證悟無上正等正覺的那個夜晚,二是如來在無餘涅槃界般涅槃的那個夜晚。阿難,在這兩個時候,如來的身體特別清凈,膚色特別明亮。阿難,今天夜裡最後一個時分,在拘尸那羅城郊外末羅族人的娑羅雙樹間,如來將要般涅槃。來吧,阿難,我們去卡庫陀河。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。富樓那獻上金色嶄新衣, 導師披上如金光閃耀。然後,世尊與大比丘僧團一起去卡庫陀河;到達后,下到卡庫陀河中,洗浴、飲水后,上岸,向芒果園走去。到達后,對尊者純陀說:"純陀,請你為我鋪四折的大衣,我累了,純陀,我要躺下。" "是的,世尊。"尊者純陀回答世尊后,鋪好了四折的大衣。然後,世尊以右脅而臥,作獅子臥,兩腳相疊,具念正知,作意起身之想。尊者純陀就坐在世尊面前不遠處。佛陀來到卡庫陀河, 清澈甘美水清凈; 導師下水身不倦, 如來世間無與匹。洗浴飲水渡河后, 導師走在僧眾中; 法主宣說此法已, 大仙來到芒果園。呼喚比丘名純陀, 為我鋪四折大衣; 純陀受教善修習, 迅速鋪好四折衣。導師躺下身不倦, 純陀就坐在面前。

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – 『tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto』ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – 『tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita』nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,

Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;

Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,

Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto』』ti.

Catuttho bhāṇavāro.

Yamakasālā

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā』』ti . 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,或許有人會使鐵匠之子純陀生起後悔:'朋友純陀,這對你是損失,這對你是不幸,如來吃了你最後的供養后就般涅槃了。'阿難,應該這樣消除鐵匠之子純陀的後悔:'朋友純陀,這對你是利益,這對你是幸運,如來吃了你最後的供養后才般涅槃。朋友純陀,我親耳從世尊那裡聽到,親自領受 - 有兩種供養的果報和果效是相等的,比其他供養的果報更大、利益更多。哪兩種?一是如來吃了那供養后證悟無上正等正覺,二是如來吃了那供養后在無餘涅槃界般涅槃。這兩種供養的果報和果效是相等的,比其他供養的果報更大、利益更多。尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致長壽的業,尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致美貌的業,尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致快樂的業,尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致名聲的業,尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致天界的業,尊者鐵匠之子純陀積累了能導致權力的業。'阿難,應該這樣消除鐵匠之子純陀的後悔。"然後,世尊了知此義,於此時自說此偈: "佈施者福德增長, 自製者不積怨恨; 善人捨棄諸惡業, 貪嗔癡盡得涅槃。" 第四誦品娑羅雙樹然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"來吧,阿難,我們去希連禪河對岸,去拘尸那羅城郊外末羅族人的娑羅樹林。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,世尊與大比丘僧團一起去希連禪河對岸,去拘尸那羅城郊外末羅族人的娑羅樹林。到達后,對尊者阿難說:"阿難,請你在兩棵娑羅樹之間為我鋪一張頭朝北的床,我累了,阿難,我要躺下。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,在兩棵娑羅樹之間鋪了一張頭朝北的床。然後,世尊以右脅而臥,作獅子臥,兩腳相疊,具念正知。那時,那對娑羅樹全部開滿了非時花。它們落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的曼陀羅花也從空中落下,落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的旃檀粉也從空中落下,落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的音樂也在空中奏響,以此供養如來。天上的歌聲也在空中響起,以此供養如來。

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba』』nti.

Upavāṇatthero

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – 『『apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī』』ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – 『『ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – 『apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī』ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – 『apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī』ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – 『『apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī』』ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – 『『apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī』』ti? 『『Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – 『dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā』』』ti.
『『Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī』』ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? 『『Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī』ti.

『『Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī』』』ti.

『『Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – 『aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā』ti.

Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,那對娑羅樹全部開滿了非時花。它們落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的曼陀羅花也從空中落下,落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的旃檀粉也從空中落下,落在如來身上,覆蓋如來身上,散落在如來身上,以此供養如來。天上的音樂也在空中奏響,以此供養如來。天上的歌聲也在空中響起,以此供養如來。阿難,但僅僅如此,如來並沒有受到尊敬、尊重、恭敬、供養、崇拜。阿難,無論是比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞還是優婆夷,只要如法而行、正確而行、隨法而行,他就是在尊敬、尊重、恭敬、供養、崇拜如來,這是最高的供養。因此,阿難,你們應當如法而行、正確而行、隨法而行。阿難,你們應當這樣學習。" 優波摩長老那時,尊者優波摩站在世尊面前為世尊扇涼。然後,世尊讓尊者優波摩退下,說:"退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。"然後,尊者阿難想:"這位尊者優波摩長期以來一直是世尊的侍者,經常在身邊,親近服侍。然而,世尊在最後時刻卻讓尊者優波摩退下,說'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。'這是什麼原因,什麼緣由,世尊讓尊者優波摩退下,說'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前'?"然後,尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,這位尊者優波摩長期以來一直是世尊的侍者,經常在身邊,親近服侍。然而,世尊在最後時刻卻讓尊者優波摩退下,說'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。'世尊,這是什麼原因,什麼緣由,世尊讓尊者優波摩退下,說'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前'?""阿難,大多數十方世界的天神都聚集來見如來。阿難,拘尸那羅城郊外末羅族人的娑羅樹林方圓十二由旬,沒有一處空間,即使是一根髮絲尖端那麼大的地方,不被大威力的天神所充滿。阿難,天神們抱怨說:'我們從遠處來見如來。如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世是很稀有的。今天夜裡最後一個時分,如來就要般涅槃了。這位大威力的比丘站在世尊面前擋住了,我們在最後時刻無法見到如來。'" "世尊,世尊所注意到的是什麼樣的天神呢?""阿難,有些天神在空中但認為自己在地上,他們披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。' 阿難,有些天神在地上但認為自己在地上,他們披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。' 但那些已離欲的天神,他們具念正知地忍受,想:'諸行無常,在這裡怎麼可能得到[常]呢?'" 四個令人震撼的地方

『『Pubbe , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā』』ti.

『『Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? 『Idha tathāgato jāto』ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. 『Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho』ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. 『Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita』nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. 『Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto』ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.

『『Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – 『idha tathāgato jāto』tipi, 『idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho』tipi, 『idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita』ntipi, 『idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto』tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī』』ti.

Ānandapucchākathā

『『Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā』』ti? 『『Adassanaṃ, ānandā』』ti. 『『Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba』』nti? 『『Anālāpo, ānandā』』ti . 『『Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba』』nti? 『『Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā』』ti.
『『Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā』』ti? 『『Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī』』ti.
『『Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba』』nti? 『『Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba』』nti. 『『Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī』』ti? 『『Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.

Thūpārahapuggalo

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "世尊,從前,在各方結夏安居的比丘們會來見如來。我們得以見到那些值得尊敬的比丘,得以親近他們。但是,世尊,在世尊去世后,我們將無法見到那些值得尊敬的比丘,無法親近他們。" "阿難,有四個地方是有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。哪四個?阿難,'這裡是如來出生的地方',這是有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。阿難,'這裡是如來證悟無上正等正覺的地方',這是有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。阿難,'這裡是如來轉無上法輪的地方',這是有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。阿難,'這裡是如來在無餘涅槃界般涅槃的地方',這是有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。阿難,這就是四個有信仰的善男子應當去看的,會令人震撼的地方。阿難,有信仰的比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷們會來這裡,說:'這裡是如來出生的地方','這裡是如來證悟無上正等正覺的地方','這裡是如來轉無上法輪的地方','這裡是如來在無餘涅槃界般涅槃的地方'。阿難,凡是巡禮這些聖地時以信心死去的人,他們身壞命終后都將往生善趣、天界。" 阿難的問題 "世尊,我們應該如何對待女性?""阿難,不要看。""世尊,如果看到了,應該怎麼做?""阿難,不要說話。""世尊,如果說話了,應該怎麼做?""阿難,應當保持正念。" "世尊,我們應該如何處理如來的遺體?""阿難,你們不要操心如來遺體的供養。來吧,阿難,你們要致力於自己的利益,專注于自己的利益,不放逸、熱忱、專注地安住于自己的利益。阿難,有智慧的剎帝利、有智慧的婆羅門、有智慧的居士,他們對如來有凈信,他們會供養如來的遺體。" "世尊,應該如何處理如來的遺體?""阿難,應該像處理轉輪聖王的遺體那樣處理如來的遺體。""世尊,他們是如何處理轉輪聖王的遺體的?""阿難,他們用新布包裹轉輪聖王的遺體,用新布包裹后再用梳過的棉花包裹,用梳過的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。以這種方式用五百層布包裹轉輪聖王的遺體,然後放入盛滿油的鐵棺中,再用另一個鐵棺蓋上,用各種香料堆成火葬柴堆,然後火化轉輪聖王的遺體。他們在四衢道口為轉輪聖王建塔。阿難,這就是他們處理轉輪聖王遺體的方式。阿難,應該像處理轉輪聖王的遺體那樣處理如來的遺體。應該在四衢道口為如來建塔。在那裡,凡是供養花、香、涂香,或禮拜,或生起凈信的人,那將長久有益於他們,帶來幸福。應當建塔的人

『『Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.

『『Kiñcānanda , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? 『Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo』ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.

『『Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? 『Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo』ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.

『『Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? 『Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo』ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.

『『Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? 『Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo』ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā』』ti.

Ānandaacchariyadhammo

Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – 『『ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando』』ti? 『『Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – 『ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako』』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – 『satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī』』』ti. 『『Evaṃ , bhante』』ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī』』ti. 『『Evamāvuso』』ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – 『sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo』; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī』ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo』』ti.
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti 『ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ , ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna』nti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "阿難,有四種人應當為之建塔。哪四種?如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者應當為之建塔,辟支佛應當為之建塔,如來的弟子應當為之建塔,轉輪聖王應當為之建塔。阿難,出於什麼原因,如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者應當為之建塔?阿難,'這是那位世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺者的塔',許多人因此生起凈信。他們在那裡生起凈信后,身壞命終后往生善趣、天界。阿難,這就是如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者應當為之建塔的原因。阿難,出於什麼原因,辟支佛應當為之建塔?阿難,'這是那位世尊、辟支佛的塔',許多人因此生起凈信。他們在那裡生起凈信后,身壞命終后往生善趣、天界。阿難,這就是辟支佛應當為之建塔的原因。阿難,出於什麼原因,如來的弟子應當為之建塔?阿難,'這是那位世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺者的弟子的塔',許多人因此生起凈信。他們在那裡生起凈信后,身壞命終后往生善趣、天界。阿難,這就是如來的弟子應當為之建塔的原因。阿難,出於什麼原因,轉輪聖王應當為之建塔?阿難,'這是那位如法的法王的塔',許多人因此生起凈信。他們在那裡生起凈信后,身壞命終后往生善趣、天界。阿難,這就是轉輪聖王應當為之建塔的原因。阿難,這就是四種應當為之建塔的人。" 阿難的稀有法然後,尊者阿難進入精舍,靠在門閂上哭泣著站著:"我還是有學,還有事要做,而我的導師就要般涅槃了,他對我有慈悲。"然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,阿難在哪裡?""世尊,這位尊者阿難進入精舍,靠在門閂上哭泣著站著:'我還是有學,還有事要做,而我的導師就要般涅槃了,他對我有慈悲。'"然後,世尊對一位比丘說:"來,比丘,你以我的名義告訴阿難:'朋友阿難,導師叫你。'""是的,世尊。"那位比丘回答世尊后,走向尊者阿難;到達后對尊者阿難說:"朋友阿難,導師叫你。""是的,朋友。"尊者阿難回答那位比丘后,走向世尊;到達後向世尊禮拜,坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的尊者阿難說:"夠了,阿難,不要悲傷,不要哀嘆。阿難,我不是早就告訴過你嗎 - '一切可愛可意的事物都有離別、分離、變異'?阿難,怎麼可能在這裡得到[不變]呢?凡是生、有、有為、壞滅法,怎麼可能不壞滅呢?這是不可能的。阿難,你長期以來以慈愛的身業、語業、意業,有益、快樂、無二、無量地侍奉如來。阿難,你已經做了善業,現在要精進修行,你很快就會成為無漏者。" 然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,過去世的阿羅漢、正等正覺者,他們的侍者最多也就像我的阿難這樣。比丘們,未來世的阿羅漢、正等正覺者,他們的侍者最多也就像我的阿難這樣。比丘們,阿難是聰明的;比丘們,阿難是有智慧的。他知道'這是比丘們來見如來的時候,這是比丘尼們來的時候,這是優婆塞們來的時候,這是優婆夷們來的時候,這是國王、大臣、外道、外道弟子們來的時候。'

『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.

『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande』』ti.

Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "比丘們,阿難有四種稀有、未曾有的法。哪四種?比丘們,如果比丘眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,比丘眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,如果比丘尼眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,比丘尼眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,如果優婆塞眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,優婆塞眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,如果優婆夷眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,優婆夷眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,這就是阿難的四種稀有、未曾有的法。比丘們,轉輪聖王也有四種稀有、未曾有的法。哪四種?比丘們,如果剎帝利眾來見轉輪聖王,見到他就歡喜。如果轉輪聖王在那裡說話,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,剎帝利眾還沒有滿足,轉輪聖王就沉默了。比丘們,如果婆羅門眾...居士眾...沙門眾來見轉輪聖王,見到他就歡喜。如果轉輪聖王在那裡說話,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,沙門眾還沒有滿足,轉輪聖王就沉默了。比丘們,同樣地,阿難也有這四種稀有、未曾有的法。比丘們,如果比丘眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,比丘眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,如果比丘尼眾...優婆塞眾...優婆夷眾來見阿難,見到他就歡喜。如果阿難在那裡說法,他們聽了也歡喜。比丘們,優婆夷眾還沒有滿足,阿難就沉默了。比丘們,這就是阿難的四種稀有、未曾有的法。" 大善見王經的開示

Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī』』ti 『『māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – 『khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka』nti.

『『Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena 『asnātha pivatha khādathā』ti dasamena saddena.

『『Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – 『ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā』』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.

Mallānaṃ vandanā

Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – 『『ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – 『amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā』』』ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – 『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī』ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – 『『sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – 『itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī』ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – 『itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī』』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.

Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 聽了這話,尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,請不要在這個小城、偏僻的城、支城裡般涅槃。世尊,還有其他大城,如瞻波、王舍城、舍衛城、娑雞多城、拘睒彌城、波羅奈城;請世尊在那裡般涅槃。那裡有許多富有的剎帝利、富有的婆羅門、富有的居士,他們對如來有凈信。他們會供養如來的遺體。""阿難,不要這麼說;阿難,不要這麼說'小城、偏僻的城、支城'。阿難,從前有一位名叫大善見的轉輪聖王,他是如法的法王,統治四方,征服四方,國土安定,具足七寶。阿難,這拘尸那羅城就是大善見王的王都,當時叫做拘舍婆提。它東西長十二由旬,南北寬七由旬。阿難,拘舍婆提王都繁榮昌盛,人口眾多,食物豐足。阿難,就像天神的王都阿拉卡曼陀繁榮昌盛,夜叉眾多,食物豐足;同樣地,阿難,拘舍婆提王都也是繁榮昌盛,人口眾多,食物豐足。阿難,拘舍婆提王都晝夜充滿十種聲音,即:象聲、馬聲、車聲、鼓聲、小鼓聲、琵琶聲、歌聲、螺聲、鈸聲、'吃飯喝酒'的聲音。阿難,你去進入拘尸那羅城,告訴拘尸那羅的末羅人:'婆謝特們,今天夜裡最後一個時分,如來將要般涅槃。婆謝特們,請來吧,請來吧。不要後悔:'如來在我們村落的地界般涅槃了,我們卻沒有在最後時刻見到如來。'""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,帶著一位同伴進入拘尸那羅城。末羅人的禮敬那時,拘尸那羅的末羅人因某些事務聚集在集會堂。尊者阿難走向拘尸那羅末羅人的集會堂;到達后告訴拘尸那羅的末羅人:"婆謝特們,今天夜裡最後一個時分,如來將要般涅槃。婆謝特們,請來吧,請來吧。不要後悔:'如來在我們村落的地界般涅槃了,我們卻沒有在最後時刻見到如來。'"聽了尊者阿難的話,末羅人、末羅子、末羅媳、末羅妻悲傷、憂愁、心中痛苦,有的披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。"然後,末羅人、末羅子、末羅媳、末羅妻悲傷、憂愁、心中痛苦,走向末羅人的娑羅樹林,走向尊者阿難。然後,尊者阿難想:"如果我讓拘尸那羅的末羅人一個一個地禮敬世尊,世尊就會未被所有拘尸那羅的末羅人禮敬就天亮了。我不如讓拘尸那羅的末羅人按家族排列,然後讓他們禮敬世尊:'世尊,某某末羅人及其子、妻、隨從、大臣以頭禮敬世尊雙足。'"然後,尊者阿難讓拘尸那羅的末羅人按家族排列,然後讓他們禮敬世尊:"世尊,某某末羅人及其子、妻、隨從、大臣以頭禮敬世尊雙足。"尊者阿難用這種方法在第一個夜分就讓拘尸那羅的末羅人禮敬了世尊。須跋陀遊行者的故事

Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – 『『ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī』』ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – 『『sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – 『kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā』ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, 『pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya』』』nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – 『kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā』ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame 『pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya』nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā』』ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – 『『alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā』』ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – 『kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā』ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, 『pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya』nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā』』ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – 『『alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā』』ti.
Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – 『『gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa』』nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū』』ti? 『『Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – 『sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū』ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那時,有一位名叫須跋陀的者住在拘尸那羅。須跋陀者聽說:"據說今天夜裡最後一個時分,沙門喬達摩將要般涅槃。"然後,須跋陀者想:"我聽老年、年長的者們的師長們說:'如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世是很稀有的。'今天夜裡最後一個時分,沙門喬達摩就要般涅槃了。我有這個疑惑生起,我對沙門喬達摩這樣有信心:'沙門喬達摩能為我說法,使我斷除這個疑惑。'"然後,須跋陀者走向末羅人的娑羅樹林,走向尊者阿難;到達后對尊者阿難說:"阿難先生,我聽老年、年長的者們的師長們說:'如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世是很稀有的。'今天夜裡最後一個時分,沙門喬達摩就要般涅槃了。我有這個疑惑生起,我對沙門喬達摩這樣有信心:'沙門喬達摩能為我說法,使我斷除這個疑惑。'阿難先生,如果我能見到沙門喬達摩就好了。"聽了這話,尊者阿難對須跋陀者說:"夠了,須跋陀朋友,不要打擾如來,世尊已經疲倦了。"須跋陀者第二次...第三次對尊者阿難說:"阿難先生,我聽老年、年長的者們的師長們說:'如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世是很稀有的。'今天夜裡最後一個時分,沙門喬達摩就要般涅槃了。我有這個疑惑生起,我對沙門喬達摩這樣有信心:'沙門喬達摩能為我說法,使我斷除這個疑惑。'阿難先生,如果我能見到沙門喬達摩就好了。"尊者阿難第三次對須跋陀者說:"夠了,須跋陀朋友,不要打擾如來,世尊已經疲倦了。" 世尊聽到了尊者阿難與須跋陀者的這番對話。然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"夠了,阿難,不要阻止須跋陀,讓須跋陀來見如來吧。須跋陀無論問我什麼,都是爲了求知而問,不是爲了打擾。我對他所問的作答,他很快就會理解。"然後,尊者阿難對須跋陀者說:"去吧,須跋陀朋友,世尊允許你了。"然後,須跋陀者走向世尊;到達后與世尊互相問候,寒暄了一番后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的須跋陀者對世尊說:"喬達摩先生,那些有僧團、有群眾、為群眾之師、有名聲、創立教派、為眾人所認可的沙門、婆羅門,如富蘭那迦葉、末伽梨瞿舍利、阿耆多翅舍欽婆羅、迦羅鳩馱迦旃延、散若耶毗羅梨子、尼乾陀若提子,他們是否都如自己所宣稱的那樣證悟了?還是都沒有證悟?還是有些證悟了,有些沒有證悟?""夠了,須跋陀,放下這個問題吧 - '他們是否都如自己所宣稱的那樣證悟了?還是都沒有證悟?還是有些證悟了,有些沒有證悟?'須跋陀,我要為你說法;仔細聽,好好思考,我要說了。""是的,世尊。"須跋陀**者回答世尊。世尊說:

『『Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.

『『Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,

Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;

Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,

Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.

Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,

Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.

『『Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, 『cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī』ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada』』nti. 『『Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā』』ti. 『『Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā』』ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – 『yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti』 tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. 『Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā』ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.

Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.

Tathāgatapacchimavācā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "須跋陀,在任何法律中,如果沒有八支聖道,那裡就沒有沙門。那裡也沒有第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門。須跋陀,在任何法律中,如果有八支聖道,那裡就有沙門,也有第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門。須跋陀,在這個法律中有八支聖道,只有在這裡才有沙門,這裡有第二沙門,這裡有第三沙門,這裡有第四沙門,其他教派空無沙門。須跋陀,如果這些比丘正確地生活,世間就不會缺少阿羅漢。須跋陀,我二十九歲時, 為尋求善法而出家; 須跋陀,我出家已經, 五十多年了。我是正法的部分實踐者, 在此之外沒有沙門。也沒有第二沙門。沒有第三沙門。沒有第四沙門。其他教派空無沙門。須跋陀,如果這些比丘正確地生活,世間就不會缺少阿羅漢。" 聽了這話,須跋陀**者對世尊說:"太好了,世尊!太好了,世尊!世尊,就像扶起倒下的東西,揭開遮蔽的東西,為迷路者指路,在黑暗中舉起油燈,'有眼睛的人就能看見形色',世尊以種種方式闡明了法。世尊,我歸依世尊,歸依法,歸依比丘僧團。愿我能在世尊面前出家,受具足戒。""須跋陀,如果從前屬於其他教派的人想在這個法律中出家,想受具足戒,他必須四個月別住。四個月后,如果比丘們滿意,就讓他出家,讓他受具足戒成為比丘。不過,我知道個人之間是有差異的。""世尊,如果從前屬於其他教派的人想在這個法律中出家,想受具足戒,必須四個月別住,四個月后,如果比丘們滿意,就讓他出家,讓他受具足戒成為比丘,那麼我願意別住四年。四年後,如果比丘們滿意,就讓我出家,讓我受具足戒成為比丘。" 然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"那麼,阿難,讓須跋陀出家吧。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊。然後,須跋陀者對尊者阿難說:"阿難朋友,你們有福了;阿難朋友,你們得到了好處,你們在這裡得到了導師親自給予的弟子灌頂。"須跋陀者在世尊面前得到了出家,得到了具足戒。受具足戒不久,尊者須跋陀獨處、遠離、不放逸、熱忱、專注地生活,不久就 - 善男子正是為此而從在家出家 - 在現法中自己證知、證悟、成就了無上梵行的究竟。他了知:"生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不受後有。"尊者須跋陀成為阿羅漢之一。他是世尊最後的親證弟子。第五誦分終。如來最後的話

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – 『atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā』ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu 『bhante』ti vā 『āyasmā』ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo』』ti. 『『Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo』』ti? 『『Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo』』ti.
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – 『sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu』』』 nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – 『sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu』』』 nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū』』ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, 『natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā』』』ti. 『『Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti.
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā』』ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

Parinibbutakathā

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你們可能會這樣想:'教導已經失去了導師,我們沒有導師了。'阿難,不應該這樣看。阿難,我為你們所說、所制定的法和律,在我去世后就是你們的導師。阿難,現在比丘們互相以'朋友'相稱,在我去世后不應該這樣稱呼。阿難,資深的比丘應該用名字、姓氏或'朋友'來稱呼年輕的比丘。年輕的比丘應該用'尊者'或'大德'來稱呼資深的比丘。阿難,如果僧團願意,在我去世后可以廢除小小戒。阿難,在我去世后,應該對車匿比丘實行梵罰。""世尊,什麼是梵罰?""阿難,讓車匿比丘說他想說的。比丘們不應該與他說話,不應該勸告他,不應該教導他。" 然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,如果有任何一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或猶豫,你們就問吧,比丘們。不要後悔:'導師就在我們面前,我們卻沒能當面問導師。'"說了這話,那些比丘保持沉默。世尊第二次...第三次對比丘們說:"比丘們,如果有任何一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或猶豫,你們就問吧,比丘們。不要後悔:'導師就在我們面前,我們卻沒能當面問導師。'"第三次那些比丘還是保持沉默。然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,也許你們因為尊敬導師而不問。比丘們,那就讓朋友告訴朋友吧。"說了這話,那些比丘保持沉默。然後,尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,真是不可思議,真是稀有!世尊,我如此相信這個比丘僧團,'沒有任何一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或猶豫。'""阿難,你是出於信心而說,但如來在這裡有確切的知識。阿難,在這個比丘僧團中,沒有任何一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或猶豫。阿難,在這五百位比丘中,最後一位也是預流果,不墮惡趣,必定證悟。" 然後,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,現在我告訴你們,有為法是無常的,你們要精進不放逸!"這是如來最後的話。般涅槃的敘述

Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha , bhagavā』』ti. 『『Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.

Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

『『Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;

Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;

Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto』』ti.

Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

『『Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho』』ti.

Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

『『Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;

Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.

『『Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;

Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū』』ti.

Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

『『Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute』』ti.

Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, 『『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito』』ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – 『『aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,世尊進入初禪,從初禪出來後進入二禪,從二禪出來後進入三禪,從三禪出來後進入四禪。從四禪出來後進入空無邊處,從空無邊處定出來後進入識無邊處,從識無邊處定出來後進入無所有處,從無所有處定出來後進入非想非非想處,從非想非非想處定出來後進入想受滅盡定。然後,尊者阿難對尊者阿那律說:"阿那律尊者,世尊已經般涅槃了。""阿難朋友,世尊還沒有般涅槃,他進入了想受滅盡定。" 然後,世尊從想受滅盡定出來後進入非想非非想處,從非想非非想處定出來後進入無所有處,從無所有處定出來後進入識無邊處,從識無邊處定出來後進入空無邊處,從空無邊處定出來後進入四禪,從四禪出來後進入三禪,從三禪出來後進入二禪,從二禪出來後進入初禪,從初禪出來後進入二禪,從二禪出來後進入三禪,從三禪出來後進入四禪,從四禪出來后,世尊立即般涅槃。世尊般涅槃時,同時發生了可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的大地震。天鼓也自然響起。世尊般涅槃時,大梵天王說了這個偈頌: "一切生命都將捨棄身體, 在這世間, 像這樣的導師,世間無與倫比, 如來具足力量,正等正覺,已經般涅槃。" 世尊般涅槃時,帝釋天王說了這個偈頌: "諸行無常, 是生滅法, 生已還滅, 寂滅為樂。" 世尊般涅槃時,尊者阿那律說了這些偈頌: "那樣的人,心已止息, 沒有呼吸, 無動搖,趣向寂靜, 牟尼入滅的時刻到了。以不退縮的心, 忍受著痛苦, 如燈熄滅, 心得解脫。" 世尊般涅槃時,尊者阿難說了這個偈頌: "那時是可怕的, 那時是令人毛骨悚然的, 具足一切殊勝相好的正等正覺者, 般涅槃了。" 世尊般涅槃時,那些還沒有離欲的比丘,有些舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。"但那些已經離欲的比丘,他們正念正知地忍受著:"諸行無常,在這裡怎麼可能得到[不變]呢?"

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – 『sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo』. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. 『Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī』ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī』』ti. 『『Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī』』ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?

『『Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito』ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito』ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – 『aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā』ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – 『parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā』』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – 『parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā』ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito』』ti.

Buddhasarīrapūjā

Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – 『『tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā』』ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – 『『ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā』』ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – 『『mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 然後,尊者阿那律對比丘們說:"夠了,朋友們,不要悲傷,不要哀嘆。朋友們,世尊不是早就說過:'一切可愛可意的事物都有別離、分離、變異'嗎?朋友們,在這裡怎麼可能得到[不變]呢?'凡是生、有、有為、壞滅之法,怎麼可能不壞滅呢?'這是不可能的。朋友們,天神們在抱怨。""阿那律尊者,您所注意到的天神是什麼樣的?" "阿難朋友,有些天神在空中,認為自己在地上,他們披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。'阿難朋友,有些天神在地上,認為自己在地上,他們披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。'但那些已經離欲的天神,他們正念正知地忍受著:'諸行無常,在這裡怎麼可能得到[不變]呢?'"然後,尊者阿那律和尊者阿難以法談度過了那夜剩餘的時間。然後,尊者阿那律對尊者阿難說:"阿難朋友,去吧,進入拘尸那羅城,告訴拘尸那羅的末羅人:'婆謝特們,世尊已經般涅槃了,現在你們認為是時候了。'""是的,尊者。"尊者阿難回答尊者阿那律后,在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,帶著一位同伴進入拘尸那羅城。那時,拘尸那羅的末羅人因同樣的事務聚集在集會堂。然後,尊者阿難走向拘尸那羅末羅人的集會堂;到達后告訴拘尸那羅的末羅人:"婆謝特們,世尊已經般涅槃了,現在你們認為是時候了。"聽了尊者阿難的話,末羅人、末羅子、末羅媳、末羅妻悲傷、憂愁、心中痛苦,有的披散頭髮哭泣,舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。" 供養佛陀遺體然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人命令手下:"那麼,先生們,請在拘尸那羅收集香料、花環和所有的音樂器具。"然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人帶著香料、花環、所有的音樂器具和五百對衣服,走向末羅人的娑羅樹林,走向世尊的遺體;到達后,他們以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,製作布帳,準備圓形帳篷,這樣度過了一天。然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人想:"今天火化世尊的遺體太晚了,明天我們再火化世尊的遺體吧。"然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,製作布帳,準備圓形帳篷,這樣又度過了第二天,第三天,第四天,第五天,第六天。然後,到了第七天,拘尸那羅的末羅人想:"我們以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,將它從城南繞城而行,然後在城外南方火化世尊的遺體吧。"

Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā 『『mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā』』ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā 『mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā』ti na sakkonti uccāretu』』nti? 『『Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo』』ti. 『『Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo』』ti? 『『Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – 『mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā』ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – 『mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā』ti. 『『Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū』』ti.
Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā』』ti? 『『Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba』』nti. 『『Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī』』ti? 『『Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā』』ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – 『『tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā』』ti.

Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.

Mahākassapattheravatthu

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那時,八位洗過頭、穿著新衣的末羅首領想:"我們要抬起世尊的遺體",但他們無法抬起。然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人對尊者阿那律說:"阿那律尊者,是什麼原因,什麼條件,使得這八位洗過頭、穿著新衣的末羅首領想:'我們要抬起世尊的遺體',卻無法抬起?""婆謝特們,你們的意圖是一回事,天神們的意圖是另一回事。""尊者,天神們的意圖是什麼?""婆謝特們,你們的意圖是:'我們以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,將它從城南繞城而行,然後在城外南方火化世尊的遺體。'婆謝特們,天神們的意圖是:'我們以天界的舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,將它從城北繞城而行,從北門進城,穿過城中,從東門出城,然後在城東末羅人的廟宇名叫冠帶處火化世尊的遺體。'""尊者,就按天神們的意圖來吧。" 那時,拘尸那羅城到處都鋪滿了膝蓋深的曼陀羅花。然後,天神們和拘尸那羅的末羅人以天界和人間的舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺體,將它從城北繞城而行,從北門進城,穿過城中,從東門出城,然後在城東末羅人的廟宇名叫冠帶處安放世尊的遺體。然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人對尊者阿難說:"阿難尊者,我們應該如何處理如來的遺體?""婆謝特們,應該像處理轉輪聖王的遺體那樣處理如來的遺體。""阿難尊者,他們是如何處理轉輪聖王的遺體的?""婆謝特們,他們用新布包裹轉輪聖王的遺體,用新布包裹后再用梳過的棉花包裹,用梳過的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。用這種方法用五百層雙層布包裹轉輪聖王的遺體,然後放入盛滿油的鐵棺中,用另一個鐵棺蓋上,用各種香料做成火葬柴堆,然後火化轉輪聖王的遺體。他們在四衢道口為轉輪聖王建塔。婆謝特們,這就是他們處理轉輪聖王遺體的方法。應該像處理轉輪聖王的遺體那樣處理如來的遺體。應該在四衢道口為如來建塔。在那裡,凡是供奉花環、香料、涂香,或者禮拜,或者生起凈信的人,那將長久地帶來他們的利益和快樂。"然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人命令手下:"那麼,先生們,請收集末羅人的梳過的棉花。" 然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人用新布包裹世尊的遺體,用新布包裹后再用梳過的棉花包裹,用梳過的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。用這種方法用五百層雙層布包裹世尊的遺體,然後放入盛滿油的鐵棺中,用另一個鐵棺蓋上,用各種香料做成火葬柴堆,然後將世尊的遺體放上火葬柴堆。大迦葉長老的故事

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – 『『apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī』』ti? 『『Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita』』nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – 『『atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito』』ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – 『『aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā』』ti.
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – 『idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī』ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – 『sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo』. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. 『Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī』ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī』』ti.
Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – 『『mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā』』ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – 『mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā』ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu』』nti? 『『Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo』』ti. 『『Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo』』ti? 『『Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – 『ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī』』』ti. 『『Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū』』ti.
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 那時,尊者大迦葉與大約五百位比丘一起從波婆(Pāvā)向拘尸那羅(Kusināra)走在大路上。然後,尊者大迦葉離開大路,坐在一棵樹下。那時,一位阿耆婆教徒從拘尸那羅拿著曼陀羅花向波婆走在大路上。尊者大迦葉遠遠地看見那位阿耆婆教徒走來,看見后對那位阿耆婆教徒說:"朋友,你知道我們的導師嗎?""是的,朋友,我知道,沙門喬達摩七天前般涅槃了。我從那裡拿了這朵曼陀羅花。"在那裡,那些還沒有離欲的比丘,有些舉臂哭泣,撲倒在地,打滾翻騰,說:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世間的慧眼太快消失了。"但那些已經離欲的比丘,他們正念正知地忍受著:"諸行無常,在這裡怎麼可能得到[不變]呢?" 那時,一位名叫須跋陀的老年出家人坐在那個集會中。然後,老年出家人須跋陀對那些比丘說:"夠了,朋友們,不要悲傷,不要哀嘆,我們已經很好地擺脫了那位大沙門。我們被他困擾著:'這個你們可以做,這個你們不可以做。'現在我們想做什麼就做什麼,不想做什麼就不做什麼。"然後,尊者大迦葉對比丘們說:"夠了,朋友們,不要悲傷,不要哀嘆。朋友們,世尊不是早就說過:'一切可愛可意的事物都有別離、分離、變異'嗎?朋友們,在這裡怎麼可能得到[不變]呢?'凡是生、有、有為、壞滅之法,如來的身體怎麼可能不壞滅呢?'這是不可能的。" 那時,四位洗過頭、穿著新衣的末羅首領想:"我們要點燃世尊的火葬柴堆",但他們無法點燃。然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人對尊者阿那律說:"阿那律尊者,是什麼原因,什麼條件,使得這四位洗過頭、穿著新衣的末羅首領想:'我們要點燃世尊的火葬柴堆',卻無法點燃?""婆謝特們,天神們的意圖是另一回事。""尊者,天神們的意圖是什麼?""婆謝特們,天神們的意圖是:'這位尊者大迦葉與大約五百位比丘一起從波婆向拘尸那羅走在大路上。在尊者大迦葉用頭禮拜世尊的雙足之前,世尊的火葬柴堆不會燃燒。'""尊者,就按天神們的意圖來吧。" 然後,尊者大迦葉走向拘尸那羅末羅人的廟宇名叫冠帶處,走向世尊的火葬柴堆;到達后整理上衣,合掌,繞火葬柴堆三圈,然後用頭禮拜世尊的雙足。那五百位比丘也整理上衣,合掌,繞火葬柴堆三圈,然後用頭禮拜世尊的雙足。當尊者大迦葉和那五百位比丘禮拜完畢,世尊的火葬柴堆自己燃燒起來。

Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.

Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ

Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti .

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti.

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – 『『bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga』』nti.

Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –

『『Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,

Amhāka [chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ niggahītalopo]; Buddho ahu khantivādo;

Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,

Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.

Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,

Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;

Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,

Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā』』ti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 當世尊的遺體被火化時,無論是面板、表皮、肉、筋、關節滑液,都沒有出現灰燼或煤灰;只剩下骨頭。就像當酥油或油被燃燒時,不會出現灰燼或煤灰;同樣地,當世尊的遺體被火化時,無論是面板、表皮、肉、筋、關節滑液,都沒有出現灰燼或煤灰;只剩下骨頭。在那五百對衣服中,只有兩件沒有被燒掉,就是最裡面的和最外面的。當世尊的遺體被火化后,從天空中出現水流,熄滅了世尊的火葬柴堆。從沙羅樹中也涌出水來,熄滅了世尊的火葬柴堆。拘尸那羅的末羅人也用各種香水熄滅了世尊的火葬柴堆。然後,拘尸那羅的末羅人在集會堂里用武器圍成柵欄,用弓箭圍成圍墻,用舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香料來尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供養世尊的遺骨七天。分配遺骨摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我也是剎帝利,我也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 毗舍離的離車人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,毗舍離的離車人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 迦毗羅衛的釋迦人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,迦毗羅衛的釋迦人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊是我們最尊貴的親戚,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 阿拉迦帕的布利人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,阿拉迦帕的布利人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 羅摩村的拘利人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,羅摩村的拘利人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 毗提波婆羅門聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,毗提波婆羅門派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊是剎帝利,我是婆羅門,我也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 波婆的末羅人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,波婆的末羅人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。" 聽了這話,拘尸那羅的末羅人對這些團體說:"世尊在我們村莊的土地上般涅槃,我們不會給出世尊遺骨的一份。" 聽了這話,婆羅門陀那對這些團體說: "諸位請聽我一言, 我們的佛陀教導忍耐; 對於最高的人, 爲了遺骨而爭鬥是不好的。讓我們所有人團結一致, 和睦相處,分成八份; 讓塔廟遍佈各方, 讓許多人對有慧眼者生起信心。"

『『Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bho』』ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – 『『imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī』』ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.

Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – 『『bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto』』ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā』』ti. 『『Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā』』ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].

Dhātuthūpapūjā

Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: "那麼,婆羅門,你就把世尊的遺骨平均地分成八份吧。""好的,先生們。"婆羅門陀那回答那些團體后,把世尊的遺骨平均地分成八份,然後對那些團體說:"請諸位給我這個量器,我也要為這量器建塔和舉行大典。"他們給了婆羅門陀那那個量器。毗波利林的摩利耶人聽說:"據說世尊在拘尸那羅般涅槃了。"然後,毗波利林的摩利耶人派使者到拘尸那羅的末羅人那裡說:"世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應該得到世尊遺骨的一份,我們也要為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。""世尊的遺骨已經沒有份了,世尊的遺骨已經分完了。從這裡拿些灰燼去吧。"他們從那裡拿走了灰燼。供養遺骨塔然後,摩揭陀國阿阇世王韋提希子在王舍城為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。毗舍離的離車人在毗舍離為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。迦毗羅衛的釋迦人在迦毗羅衛為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。阿拉迦帕的布利人在阿拉迦帕為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。羅摩村的拘利人在羅摩村為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。毗提波婆羅門在毗提波為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。波婆的末羅人在波婆為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。拘尸那羅的末羅人在拘尸那羅為世尊的遺骨建塔和舉行大典。婆羅門陀那為量器建塔和舉行大典。毗波利林的摩利耶人在毗波利林為灰燼建塔和舉行大典。這樣,有八座遺骨塔,第九座是量器塔,第十座是灰燼塔。過去就是這樣的。

Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.

Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.

Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;

Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.

Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,

Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;

Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,

Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.

Devindanāgindanarindapūjito ,

Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;

Taṃ vandatha [taṃ taṃ vandatha (syā.)] pañjalikā labhitvā,

Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.

Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;

Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.

Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

這是我對所給文字的完整直譯: 有慧眼者的遺骨八斗,七斗在閻浮提受尊敬。最上等人的一斗,在羅摩村受龍王尊敬。一顆牙齒在天界受供養,另一顆在犍陀羅城受尊敬; 還有一顆在迦陵伽王的領地,另一顆則受龍王尊敬。

由於他的威力,這大地以最上等的供品裝飾; 這樣,有慧眼者的遺骨, 受到尊敬者的善好尊敬。

受天帝、龍王、人王供養, 同樣也受人中最上者供養; 你們應合掌禮拜它,得到它, 佛陀確實百劫難遇。

四十顆牙齒,頭髮和體毛全部, 天神們各取一個,遍佈整個世界系。大般涅槃經第三完結。